1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 /* xgettext:c-format */
342 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from"
343 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
348 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
352 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
354 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
356 /* xgettext:c-format */
357 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
358 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
359 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
361 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
365 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
368 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
369 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
370 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
371 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
372 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
373 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
374 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
377 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
378 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
381 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
383 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
385 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
387 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
389 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
390 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
391 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
392 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
393 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
398 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
404 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
406 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
408 elf_section_list
* entry
;
409 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
411 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
412 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
415 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
418 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
420 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
425 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
427 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
428 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
429 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
430 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
431 the index table will not be needed. */
435 /* Read the symbols. */
437 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
439 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
440 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
441 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
442 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
443 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
445 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
446 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
448 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
449 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
450 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
456 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
460 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
461 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
462 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
464 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
465 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
466 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
468 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
469 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
470 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
477 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
480 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
481 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
482 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
486 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
487 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
488 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
489 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
491 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
492 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
494 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
495 /* xgettext:c-format */
496 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B symbol number %lu references"
497 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
498 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
499 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
506 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
508 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
509 free (alloc_extshndx
);
514 /* Look up a symbol name. */
516 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
517 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
518 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
522 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
523 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
525 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
526 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
527 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
529 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
530 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
533 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
536 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
537 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
542 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
543 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
546 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
547 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
549 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
551 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
552 signature just a string? */
555 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
557 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
558 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
559 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
560 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
562 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
563 that it is a symbol table section. */
564 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
566 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
567 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
568 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
571 /* Go read the symbol. */
572 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
573 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
574 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
577 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
580 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
583 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
585 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
587 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
588 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
591 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
593 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
594 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
595 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
598 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
599 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
600 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
601 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
602 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
604 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
606 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
608 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
614 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
615 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
619 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
620 so we can find them quickly. */
623 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
624 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
625 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
626 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
630 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
634 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
637 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
639 /* Add to list of sections. */
640 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
643 /* Read the raw contents. */
644 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
645 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
646 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
647 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
648 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
649 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
652 /* xgettext:c-format */
653 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section"
654 " header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
655 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
660 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
662 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
663 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
667 /* xgettext:c-format */
668 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section"
669 " header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
670 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
672 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
673 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
674 contents to be used. */
675 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
679 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
680 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
681 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
683 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
684 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
692 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
693 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
696 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
697 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
698 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
704 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
);
707 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
712 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
713 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
717 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
720 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
721 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
723 (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
724 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
730 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
734 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
736 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
737 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
738 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
740 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
741 section is a member. */
743 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
747 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
748 other members to see if any others are linked via
750 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
751 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
753 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
754 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
758 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
759 insert current section in circular list. */
760 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
761 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
762 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
768 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
771 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
773 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
774 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
777 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
779 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
780 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
788 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
790 /* xgettext:c-format */
791 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
799 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
802 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
803 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
806 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
807 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
809 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
810 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
812 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
813 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
814 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
815 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
818 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
819 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
820 bed
->link_order_error_handler
821 /* xgettext:c-format */
822 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
827 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
829 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
831 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
832 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
836 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
837 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
841 /* xgettext:c-format */
842 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
843 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
847 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
850 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
851 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
854 /* xgettext:c-format */
855 (_("%B: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
856 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
861 /* Process section groups. */
862 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
865 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
867 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
868 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
871 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
872 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
875 /* xgettext:c-format */
876 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
882 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
883 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
886 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
887 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
888 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
889 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
890 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
891 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
892 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
893 relocation sections are in section group in input object
895 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
898 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%A]"),
903 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
904 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
905 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
916 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
918 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
922 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
924 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
925 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
926 if (new_name
== NULL
)
930 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
935 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
937 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
938 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
939 if (new_name
== NULL
)
942 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
946 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
947 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
950 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
951 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
957 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
959 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
962 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
966 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
967 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
968 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
970 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
971 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
972 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
974 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
976 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
977 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
978 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
979 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
982 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
983 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
984 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
985 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
986 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
987 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
990 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
993 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
994 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
995 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
997 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
999 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1002 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1004 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1005 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1006 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1007 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1009 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1010 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1011 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1012 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1014 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1016 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1017 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1018 if (name
[0] == '.')
1023 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1024 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1025 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1026 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1027 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1028 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1030 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1032 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1033 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1036 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1037 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1041 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1042 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1043 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1044 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1045 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1046 all but one of the sections. */
1047 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1048 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1049 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1051 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1052 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1053 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1056 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1059 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1060 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1061 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1062 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1066 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1069 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_offset
);
1073 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1075 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1076 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1078 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1079 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1080 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1081 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1082 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1083 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1084 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1086 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1088 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1091 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1092 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1094 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1095 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1096 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1097 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1099 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1100 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1101 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1103 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1104 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1105 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1106 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1107 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1108 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1109 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1110 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1111 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1113 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1114 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1115 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1116 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1117 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1118 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1119 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1125 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1126 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1127 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1128 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1129 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1131 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1132 int compression_header_size
;
1133 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1134 bfd_boolean compressed
1135 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1136 &compression_header_size
,
1137 &uncompressed_size
);
1141 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1142 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1143 action
= decompress
;
1146 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1147 section. Check if we should compress. */
1148 if (action
== nothing
)
1150 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1151 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1152 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1153 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1155 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1156 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1162 if (action
== compress
)
1164 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1167 /* xgettext:c-format */
1168 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1175 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1178 /* xgettext:c-format */
1179 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1185 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1188 && (action
== decompress
1189 || (action
== compress
1190 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1192 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1193 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1195 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1196 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1198 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1202 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1203 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1204 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1210 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1212 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1213 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1214 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1217 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1218 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1219 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1220 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1221 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1222 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1223 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1224 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1225 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1227 bfd_reloc_status_type
1228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1229 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1231 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1232 asection
*input_section
,
1234 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1236 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1237 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1238 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1239 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1241 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1242 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1245 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1248 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1249 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1250 should be the same. */
1253 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1254 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1257 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1258 && (a
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1259 == (b
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1260 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1261 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1262 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1263 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1267 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1268 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1269 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1270 to be the correct section. */
1273 find_link (const bfd
* obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
, const unsigned int hint
)
1275 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1278 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1280 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1281 if (oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1282 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1285 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1287 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1289 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1291 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1292 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1293 multiple matches ? */
1300 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1301 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1302 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1305 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1307 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1308 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1309 const unsigned int secnum
)
1311 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1312 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1313 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1314 unsigned int sh_link
;
1316 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1318 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1319 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1320 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1321 matched up with the original.
1323 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1324 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1325 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1326 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1327 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1328 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1329 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1330 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1331 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1332 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1333 without any contents. */
1334 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1335 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1336 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1337 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1341 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1342 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1343 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1344 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1347 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1348 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1349 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1350 in the input bfd. */
1351 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1353 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1354 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1356 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1357 /* xgettext:c-format */
1358 (_("%B: Invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1359 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1363 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1364 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1366 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1370 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1371 if we could not find a match ? */
1372 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1377 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1379 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1380 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1382 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1384 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1386 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1387 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1390 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1391 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1393 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1395 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1399 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1400 /* xgettext:c-format */
1401 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1407 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1411 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1413 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1415 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1418 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1419 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1422 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1424 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1425 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1428 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1430 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1431 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1432 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1434 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1435 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1436 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1437 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1439 /* Copy object attributes. */
1440 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1442 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1445 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1447 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1448 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1451 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1453 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1454 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1455 files. See below for more details. */
1457 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1458 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1461 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1462 fields have already been initialised. */
1463 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1464 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1467 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1468 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1469 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1471 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1473 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1476 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1477 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1478 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1479 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1481 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1482 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1483 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1484 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1485 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1486 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1491 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1494 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1495 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1496 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1497 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1499 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1501 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1504 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1505 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1506 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1508 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1509 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1510 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1511 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1512 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1513 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1514 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1515 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1516 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1517 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1519 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1524 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1526 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1527 with a NULL input section. */
1528 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1529 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1537 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1542 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1543 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1544 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1545 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1546 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1547 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1548 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1549 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1550 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1551 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1552 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1553 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1558 /* Print out the program headers. */
1561 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1563 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1564 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1566 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1568 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1573 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1574 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1575 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1577 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1582 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1585 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1586 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1587 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1588 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1589 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1590 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1591 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1592 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1593 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1594 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1595 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1596 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1597 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1598 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1599 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1600 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1601 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1606 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1609 unsigned int elfsec
;
1610 unsigned long shlink
;
1611 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1613 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1615 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1617 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1620 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1621 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1623 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1625 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1626 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1629 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1630 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1632 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1633 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1635 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1637 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1638 const char *name
= "";
1640 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1641 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1643 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1645 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1652 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1653 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1655 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1657 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1662 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1663 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1664 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1665 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1666 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1667 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1668 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1669 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1670 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1671 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1672 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1673 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1674 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1675 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1676 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1677 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1678 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1679 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1680 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1681 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1682 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1683 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1684 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1685 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1686 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1687 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1688 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1689 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1690 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1691 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1692 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1693 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1694 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1695 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1696 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1697 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1698 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1699 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1700 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1701 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1702 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1703 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1704 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1705 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1706 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1707 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1708 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1709 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1710 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1711 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1712 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1713 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1714 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1715 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1716 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1717 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1718 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1719 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1722 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1726 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1731 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1733 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1736 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1745 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1746 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1748 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1752 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1754 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1756 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1757 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1759 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1760 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1761 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1762 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1764 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1767 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1771 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1777 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1779 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1781 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1782 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1784 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1786 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1787 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1788 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1789 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1790 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1791 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1803 /* Get version string. */
1806 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1807 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1809 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1810 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1811 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1813 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1815 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1816 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1819 version_string
= "";
1820 else if (vernum
== 1)
1821 version_string
= "Base";
1822 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1827 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1829 version_string
= "";
1830 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1834 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1836 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1838 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1840 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1847 return version_string
;
1850 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1853 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1856 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1858 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1861 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1862 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1864 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1865 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1866 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1867 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1869 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1871 const char *section_name
;
1872 const char *name
= NULL
;
1873 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1874 unsigned char st_other
;
1876 const char *version_string
;
1879 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1881 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1882 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1883 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1887 name
= symbol
->name
;
1888 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1891 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1892 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1893 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1894 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1895 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1896 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1897 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1899 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1900 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1902 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1903 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1909 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1914 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1915 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1920 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1921 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1926 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1927 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1928 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1930 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1932 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1935 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1941 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1943 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1946 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1948 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1949 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1950 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1952 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1953 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1954 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1955 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1957 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1962 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1963 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1964 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1965 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1966 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1967 can expect to recurse at least once.
1969 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1970 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1972 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1973 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1974 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1976 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1977 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1978 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1979 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1981 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1984 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1987 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1990 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1991 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1992 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1997 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1998 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2001 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2004 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2005 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2006 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2007 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2008 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2009 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2010 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2011 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2012 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2013 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2016 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2017 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2020 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2022 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2023 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2024 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2027 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2028 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2029 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2031 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2036 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2038 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2040 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2042 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2043 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2044 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2045 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2047 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2048 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2052 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2054 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2055 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2057 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2058 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2060 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2068 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2069 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2072 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2075 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2077 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2079 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2080 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2081 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2086 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2087 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2088 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2091 /* xgettext:c-format */
2092 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2093 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2097 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2098 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2099 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2100 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2102 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2103 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2104 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2105 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2106 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2108 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2109 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2110 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2114 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2115 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2116 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2118 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2119 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2121 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2122 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2125 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2126 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2128 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2130 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2131 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2136 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2140 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2141 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2146 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2147 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2151 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2152 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2155 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2158 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2160 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2163 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2164 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2165 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2170 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2171 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2172 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2175 /* xgettext:c-format */
2176 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2177 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2181 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2182 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2183 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2184 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2186 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2187 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2188 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2191 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2193 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2195 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2196 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2199 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2202 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2204 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2205 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2206 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2210 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2211 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2214 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2217 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2221 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2224 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2225 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2229 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2232 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2233 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2234 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2235 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2237 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2242 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2243 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2244 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2245 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2247 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2249 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2250 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2252 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2253 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2255 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2258 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2260 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2262 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2263 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2267 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2272 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2274 asection
*target_sect
;
2275 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2276 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2277 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2280 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2281 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2284 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2285 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2288 /* xgettext:c-format */
2289 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2290 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2291 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2296 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2297 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2298 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2299 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2300 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2301 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2302 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2304 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2305 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2306 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2307 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2313 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2316 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2327 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2330 /* Get the symbol table. */
2331 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2332 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2333 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2336 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2337 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2338 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2339 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2340 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2341 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2342 sh_link points to the null section. */
2343 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2344 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2345 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2346 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2347 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2348 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2350 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2355 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2358 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2359 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2362 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2363 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2364 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2366 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2368 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2371 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2376 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2377 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2378 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2379 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2380 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2381 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2382 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2383 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2385 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2386 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2388 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2392 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2393 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2394 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2395 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2398 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2399 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2402 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2403 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2404 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2407 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2408 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2409 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2410 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2417 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2420 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2423 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2425 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2426 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (* idx
);
2431 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2432 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2433 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2435 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2438 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2442 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2443 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2444 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2446 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2454 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2455 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2456 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2458 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2460 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2464 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2465 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2468 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2470 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2471 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2472 for applications? */
2474 /* xgettext:c-format */
2475 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2476 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2477 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2480 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2481 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2486 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2487 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2488 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2490 /* xgettext:c-format */
2491 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2493 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2494 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2496 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2497 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2498 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2499 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2500 be rejected with an error message. */
2502 /* xgettext:c-format */
2503 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2505 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2508 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2509 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2514 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2516 /* xgettext:c-format */
2517 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2518 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2526 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2527 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2528 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2530 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2531 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2536 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2539 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2541 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2543 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2545 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2547 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2548 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2549 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2551 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2552 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2553 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2556 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2558 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2561 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2564 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2567 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2571 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2573 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2575 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2578 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2580 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2581 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2584 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2586 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2587 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2590 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2592 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2593 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2594 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2595 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2596 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2597 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2598 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2599 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2600 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2601 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2602 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2603 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2604 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2605 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2608 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2610 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2611 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2612 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2615 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2617 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2618 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2619 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2620 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2622 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2624 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2626 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2629 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2631 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2632 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2635 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2637 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2638 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2640 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2643 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2646 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2649 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2651 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2653 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2656 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2660 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2663 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2669 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2672 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2677 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2678 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2679 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2680 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2683 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2688 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2691 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2697 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2700 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2702 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2703 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2704 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2706 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2707 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2708 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2709 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2712 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2714 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2716 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2718 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2719 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2720 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2726 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2729 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2730 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2731 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2737 len
= strlen (name
);
2739 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2742 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2744 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2746 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2749 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2750 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2752 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2754 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2756 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2757 && (suffix_len
== -2
2758 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2764 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2766 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2767 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2777 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2778 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2781 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2782 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2784 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2785 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2788 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2789 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2792 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2793 bed
->special_sections
,
2799 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2802 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2803 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2806 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2811 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2815 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2817 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2818 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2819 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2821 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2824 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2828 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2831 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2832 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2833 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2835 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2836 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2837 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2838 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2839 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2840 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2841 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2842 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2843 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2844 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2845 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2847 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2850 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2851 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2852 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2854 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2855 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2859 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2862 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2864 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2865 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2866 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2867 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2869 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2870 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2871 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2872 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2873 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2874 of combined data+bss.
2876 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2877 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2878 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2879 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2880 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2885 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2886 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2888 const char *type_name
)
2896 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2897 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2898 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2900 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2902 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2903 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2904 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2907 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2908 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2909 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2911 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2912 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2913 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2914 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2915 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2916 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2917 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2919 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2920 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2921 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2923 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2925 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2928 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2930 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2934 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2938 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2939 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2940 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2943 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2944 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2945 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2947 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2948 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2949 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2950 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2951 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2952 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2953 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2954 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2955 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2957 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2958 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2959 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2960 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2961 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2962 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2963 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2965 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2966 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2967 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2969 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2970 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2977 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2979 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2981 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2987 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2990 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2993 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2996 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2998 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
3003 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3006 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3008 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3009 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3013 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3016 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3019 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3020 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3021 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3025 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3029 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3031 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3033 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3034 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3037 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3041 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3042 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3043 const char *sec_name
,
3044 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3046 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3047 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3051 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3053 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3055 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3061 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3062 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3063 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3067 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3068 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3069 const char *sec_name
,
3070 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3071 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3073 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3074 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3076 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3077 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3078 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3080 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3081 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3082 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3085 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3086 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3087 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3088 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3089 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3090 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3091 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3092 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3093 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3098 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3101 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3103 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3104 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3106 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3109 struct fake_section_arg
3111 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3115 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3118 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3120 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3121 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3122 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3123 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3124 unsigned int sh_type
;
3125 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3126 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3130 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3135 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3139 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3140 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3141 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3145 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3147 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3149 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3150 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3151 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3152 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3155 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3157 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3158 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3160 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3161 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3165 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3166 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3174 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3176 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3177 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3178 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3179 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3180 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3181 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3186 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3191 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3192 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3196 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3198 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3205 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3207 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3208 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3209 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3211 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3213 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3214 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3215 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3216 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3217 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3220 /* xgettext:c-format */
3221 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3222 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3226 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3227 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3228 copy_private_section_data. */
3230 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3231 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3233 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3235 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3236 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3238 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3240 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3241 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3242 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3243 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3244 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3246 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3247 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3248 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3249 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3251 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3252 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3255 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3266 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3267 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3268 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3269 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3273 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3277 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3281 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3285 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3286 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3290 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3291 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3294 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3295 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3298 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3299 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3300 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3301 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3303 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3304 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3306 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3307 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3310 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3311 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3312 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3313 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3315 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3316 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3318 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3319 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3323 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3327 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3331 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3332 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3333 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3334 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3335 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3336 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3337 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3339 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3340 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3342 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3343 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3344 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3345 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3346 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3348 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3349 if (asect
->size
== 0
3350 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3352 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3354 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3357 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3358 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3359 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3363 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3364 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3366 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3367 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3368 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3369 create the other. */
3370 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3372 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3375 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3376 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3377 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3378 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3380 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3381 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
, FALSE
,
3387 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3388 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
, TRUE
,
3395 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3397 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3404 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3405 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3406 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3407 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3410 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3412 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3413 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3414 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3418 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3419 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3420 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3421 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3424 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3426 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3427 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3431 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3433 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3437 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3439 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3441 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3443 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3444 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3448 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3449 elf_section_syms. */
3450 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3451 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3453 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3455 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3457 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3458 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3459 set until all local symbols are output. */
3461 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3462 unsigned long symndx
;
3463 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3466 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3467 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3468 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3469 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3470 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3471 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3473 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3475 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3477 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3478 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3480 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3481 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3482 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3483 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3485 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3488 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3490 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3493 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3495 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3496 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3497 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3504 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3506 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3507 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3508 start of the input section group. */
3509 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3511 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3512 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3513 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3514 directives, not that it matters. */
3521 s
= s
->output_section
;
3523 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3525 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3528 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3530 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3535 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3538 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3541 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3544 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3550 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
3553 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3554 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3557 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3558 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3559 if (type
== SHT_REL
)
3564 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3565 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3566 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3567 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3568 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3570 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3571 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3573 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3574 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
3579 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3583 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3584 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3585 in here too, while we're at it. */
3588 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3590 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3592 unsigned int section_number
;
3593 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3594 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3595 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3599 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3601 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3602 if (link_info
== NULL
|| bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
3604 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3606 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3607 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3609 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3611 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3613 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3615 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3616 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3617 abfd
->section_count
--;
3620 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3623 /* Count relocations. */
3624 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3627 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3628 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3629 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3632 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3634 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3636 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3637 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3638 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3639 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3642 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3643 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3644 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3651 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3652 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3653 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3659 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3660 || (link_info
== NULL
3661 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3665 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3666 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3667 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3669 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3671 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3673 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3674 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3675 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3677 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3678 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3679 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3682 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3683 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3686 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3687 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3688 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3690 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3692 /* xgettext:c-format */
3693 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3694 abfd
, section_number
);
3698 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3699 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3701 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3703 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3704 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3705 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3708 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3709 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3710 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3712 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3716 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3718 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3721 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3722 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3724 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3725 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3726 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3727 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3729 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3730 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3733 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3737 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3739 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3740 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3741 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3742 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3743 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3745 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3747 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3748 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3749 the relocation entries apply. */
3750 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3752 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3753 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3754 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3756 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3758 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3759 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3760 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3763 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3764 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3766 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3769 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3770 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3772 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3773 if (discarded_section (s
))
3777 /* xgettext:c-format */
3778 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to"
3779 " discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3780 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3782 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3783 size as the discarded one. */
3784 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3793 s
= s
->output_section
;
3794 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3798 /* Handle objcopy. */
3799 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3802 /* xgettext:c-format */
3803 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to"
3804 " removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3805 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3806 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3809 s
= s
->output_section
;
3811 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3816 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3817 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3818 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3820 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3821 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3822 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3823 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3824 /* xgettext:c-format */
3825 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3830 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3834 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3835 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3836 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3837 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3838 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3839 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3840 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3842 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3844 s
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->get_reloc_section (sec
);
3847 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3848 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3853 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3854 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3855 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3856 field to point to this section. */
3857 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3858 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3863 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3864 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3867 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3868 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3869 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3873 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3875 /* This is a .stab section. */
3876 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3877 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3878 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3885 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3886 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3887 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3888 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3890 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3892 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3895 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3896 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3897 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3898 the version strings. */
3899 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3900 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3902 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3907 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3908 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3909 this hash table or version table is for. */
3910 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3912 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3916 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3920 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3921 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3922 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3928 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3930 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3931 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3932 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3933 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3935 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3936 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3937 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3940 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3941 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3942 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3943 the beginning of that array.
3945 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3948 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3949 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
3951 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
3953 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
3955 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
3956 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
3957 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3959 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3962 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3965 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3967 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
3970 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
3973 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
3978 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3979 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3982 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3984 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3986 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3989 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3990 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3991 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3992 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3993 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3994 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3995 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3996 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3999 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4000 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4003 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4005 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4006 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4007 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4008 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4009 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4010 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4011 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4012 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4018 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4022 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4024 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4025 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4029 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4030 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4032 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4033 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4035 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4036 decided to output. */
4037 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4039 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4041 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4043 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4044 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4046 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4048 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4049 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4051 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4055 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4056 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4058 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4060 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4064 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4065 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4066 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4067 at least in that case. */
4068 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4070 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4072 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4079 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4080 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4081 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4083 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4086 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4088 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4091 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4092 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4093 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4098 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4100 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4102 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4104 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4107 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4108 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4111 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4113 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4117 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4119 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4123 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4124 ELF data structure. */
4126 static inline file_ptr
4127 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4129 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4132 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4133 required section alignment. */
4136 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4140 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4141 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4142 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4143 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4144 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4145 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4146 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4150 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4151 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4152 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4155 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4156 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4158 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4159 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4161 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4162 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4163 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4165 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4168 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4169 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4170 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4172 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4175 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4176 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4178 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4179 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4180 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4184 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4187 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4188 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4189 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4190 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4194 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4195 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4197 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4202 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4204 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4209 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4210 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4211 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4212 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4213 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4214 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4215 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4216 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4217 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4218 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4219 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4221 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4227 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4229 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4231 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4232 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4234 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4236 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4237 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4238 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4239 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4242 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4243 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4245 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4247 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4249 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4250 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4252 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4255 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4260 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4261 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4263 static bfd_size_type
4264 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4268 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4270 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4271 and one for data. */
4274 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4275 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4277 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4278 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4279 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4284 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4286 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4290 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4292 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4296 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4298 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4302 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4304 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4308 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4310 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4311 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4313 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4315 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4316 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4317 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4318 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4319 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4320 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4322 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4323 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4324 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4325 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4326 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4331 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4333 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4335 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4341 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4343 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4345 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4346 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4347 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4348 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4350 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4354 /* xgettext:c-format */
4355 (_("%B: GNU_MBIN section `%A' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4356 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4359 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4360 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4361 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4366 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4367 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4371 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4377 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4380 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4383 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4385 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4386 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4388 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4394 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4395 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4402 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4404 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4405 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4406 asection
**sections
,
4411 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4416 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4417 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4418 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4422 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4423 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4424 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4425 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4427 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4429 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4430 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4431 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4437 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4440 struct elf_segment_map
*
4441 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4443 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4445 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4446 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4450 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4452 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4457 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4460 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4461 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4462 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4464 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4467 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4468 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4469 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4470 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4472 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4475 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4477 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4479 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4480 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4481 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4483 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4487 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4489 if (remove_empty_load
4490 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4492 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4498 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4499 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4501 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4508 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4511 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4514 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4515 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4516 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4517 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4519 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4522 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4524 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4528 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4529 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4532 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4533 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4535 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4536 bfd_boolean writable
;
4538 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4539 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4540 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4542 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4543 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= FALSE
;
4545 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4547 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4548 sizeof (asection
*));
4549 if (sections
== NULL
)
4552 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4553 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4555 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4556 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4559 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4561 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4565 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4566 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4567 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4570 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4573 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4575 /* Build the mapping. */
4580 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4581 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4583 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4584 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4586 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4587 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4591 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4592 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4593 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4594 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4595 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4596 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= TRUE
;
4600 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4601 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4605 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4613 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4614 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4615 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4619 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4620 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4621 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4622 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4623 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4626 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4628 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4631 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4632 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4633 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4634 program headers we will need. */
4637 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4639 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4640 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4641 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4642 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4643 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4644 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4645 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4646 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4648 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4649 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4650 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4651 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4652 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4653 force the inclusion if we can... */
4654 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4655 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
)
4656 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4658 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4662 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4665 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4669 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4672 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4674 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4675 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4676 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4678 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4680 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4681 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4685 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4686 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4688 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4689 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4692 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4693 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4694 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4695 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4696 section can be included in the current segment. */
4697 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4699 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4702 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4703 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4706 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4707 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0
4708 && ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4709 || (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4710 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
))))
4712 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4713 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4714 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4715 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4716 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4717 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4718 in the same segment. */
4721 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4723 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4724 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4725 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4726 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4729 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4730 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4731 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4733 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4734 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4735 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4736 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4737 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4738 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4739 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4744 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4745 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4748 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4749 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4751 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4753 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4759 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4762 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4763 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4764 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4765 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4771 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4772 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4774 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4781 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4787 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4788 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4789 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4793 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4796 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4798 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4799 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4800 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4801 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4803 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4811 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4814 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4821 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4822 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4823 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4824 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4825 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4827 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4829 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4830 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4835 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4836 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4837 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4839 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4840 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4841 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4842 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4848 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4849 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4853 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4857 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4858 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4861 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4862 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4866 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4872 if (first_mbind
== NULL
4873 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
4877 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4880 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4881 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4882 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4887 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4888 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4890 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4892 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4894 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4897 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4900 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4902 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4904 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4908 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4911 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4922 if (first_mbind
&& (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4923 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4924 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
4925 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4926 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
))
4928 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4929 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
4930 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4932 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4935 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
4936 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4940 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
4941 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4943 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4945 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
4951 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4953 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4954 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4955 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4957 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4958 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4962 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4964 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4970 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4972 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4973 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4977 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4978 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4979 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4980 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4981 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4982 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4984 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4985 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4992 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4994 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4996 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4998 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4999 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5002 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5003 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5004 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5007 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5012 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5015 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5016 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5020 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5027 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5030 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5033 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5035 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5040 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5045 /* Sort sections by address. */
5048 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5050 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5051 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5052 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5054 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5055 place the section into a segment. */
5056 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5058 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5061 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5062 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5063 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5065 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5068 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5070 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5076 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
5077 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5078 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
5079 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5084 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5089 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5090 before others at the same address. */
5092 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5093 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5100 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5103 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5105 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5106 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5107 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5108 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5109 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5112 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5113 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5115 /* In other words, something like:
5117 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5118 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5119 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5120 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5122 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5124 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5127 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5129 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5130 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5132 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5136 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5139 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5144 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5145 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5146 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5147 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5148 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5149 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5151 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5152 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5156 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5157 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5158 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5164 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5169 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5171 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5174 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5179 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5180 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5184 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5185 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5188 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5189 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5190 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5192 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5193 unsigned int pt_load_count
= 0;
5196 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5198 if (link_info
== NULL
5199 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5203 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5207 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5212 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5213 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5217 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5218 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5219 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5222 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5224 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5225 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5227 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5228 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5232 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5236 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5237 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5238 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5239 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5240 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5242 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5243 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5244 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5245 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5247 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5249 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5250 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5256 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5257 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5259 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5260 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5261 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5267 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5269 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5273 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5275 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5276 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5277 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5278 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5279 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5281 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5282 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5283 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5286 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5287 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5288 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5289 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5290 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5291 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5292 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5297 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5299 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5300 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5301 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5304 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5306 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5307 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5309 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5310 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5311 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5312 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5313 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5314 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5315 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5317 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5318 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5320 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5323 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5324 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5325 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5326 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5330 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5332 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5335 bfd_size_type align
;
5336 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5338 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5342 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5344 unsigned int secalign
;
5346 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5347 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5348 align_power
= secalign
;
5350 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5351 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5352 align
= maxpagesize
;
5355 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5356 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5357 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5358 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5359 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5360 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5362 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5365 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5366 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5368 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5372 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5374 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5375 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5377 if (pt_load_count
> 1
5378 && bed
->no_page_alias
5379 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5380 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5381 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5385 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5386 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5387 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5388 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5389 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5390 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5391 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5392 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5397 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5398 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5399 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5401 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5404 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5405 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5407 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5410 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5411 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5412 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5413 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5419 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5421 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5423 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5424 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5427 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5428 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5429 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5432 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers,"
5433 " try linking with -N"),
5435 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5440 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5445 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5447 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5450 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5452 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5456 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5457 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5458 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5462 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5463 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5466 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5467 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5471 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5472 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5474 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5480 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5482 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5483 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5487 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5488 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5489 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5490 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5491 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5492 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5495 bfd_size_type align
;
5496 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5499 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5500 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5502 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5503 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5504 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5505 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5506 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5507 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5509 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5510 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5511 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5512 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5516 || p_end
< p_start
))
5519 /* xgettext:c-format */
5520 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
5521 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
5525 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5527 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5529 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5531 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5532 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5534 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5535 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5539 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5543 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5545 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5549 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5550 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5551 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5557 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5566 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5568 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5569 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5570 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5572 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5573 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5574 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5576 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5577 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5578 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5579 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5580 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5581 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5583 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5585 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5588 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5590 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5591 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5592 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5593 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5594 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5595 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5597 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5599 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5600 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5602 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5604 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5605 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5608 if (align
> p
->p_align
5609 && !m
->p_align_valid
5610 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5611 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5615 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5618 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5620 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5627 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5628 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5629 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5631 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5633 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5634 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5635 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5636 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5637 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5638 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5640 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5645 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5650 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5651 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5652 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5653 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5656 /* xgettext:c-format */
5657 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5659 print_segment_map (m
);
5665 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5669 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5672 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5673 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5675 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5676 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5677 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5678 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5679 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5680 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5681 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5682 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5683 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5687 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5688 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5689 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5690 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5692 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5695 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5696 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5697 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5698 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5699 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5700 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5702 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5704 /* xgettext:c-format */
5705 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5707 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5709 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5710 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5711 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5712 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5715 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5717 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5720 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5721 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5722 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5723 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5724 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5725 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5726 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5727 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5728 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5729 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5730 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5732 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5735 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5736 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5740 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5742 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5743 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5744 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5747 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5750 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5752 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5753 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5755 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5757 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5758 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5759 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5762 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5763 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5768 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5770 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5771 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5772 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5774 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5775 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5776 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5777 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5779 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5780 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5781 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5782 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5785 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5786 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5787 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5789 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5790 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5799 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5800 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5804 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5805 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5808 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5809 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5814 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5816 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5818 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5819 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5821 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5823 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5825 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5827 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5829 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5830 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5832 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5836 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5840 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5841 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5842 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5844 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5845 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5850 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5852 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5853 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5854 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5855 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5856 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5857 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5858 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5861 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5862 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5863 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5864 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5865 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5867 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5869 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5874 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5875 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5878 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5880 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5881 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5883 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5887 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5888 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5889 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5891 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5892 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5893 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
5899 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5901 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5903 (_("%B: error: non-load segment %d includes file header and/or program header"),
5904 abfd
, (int)(p
- phdrs
));
5909 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5910 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5912 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5913 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5914 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5916 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5923 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5925 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5926 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5927 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5929 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5931 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5932 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5933 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5937 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5942 static elf_section_list
*
5943 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
5945 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
5951 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5952 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5953 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5955 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5956 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5957 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5958 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5959 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5960 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5961 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5963 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5966 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5967 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5969 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5970 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5971 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5973 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5974 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5976 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5977 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5978 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5982 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5983 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5985 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5986 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5987 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5988 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5990 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5993 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5994 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5995 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5996 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5997 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5998 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5999 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6000 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6001 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6002 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6004 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6007 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6010 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6016 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6017 assignment of sections to segments. */
6018 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6021 /* And for non-load sections. */
6022 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6025 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
6027 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6031 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6032 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6034 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6035 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6036 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6038 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6039 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6040 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6041 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6042 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6044 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6045 segments is non-zero. */
6047 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6050 /* Write out the program headers. */
6051 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
6053 /* Sort the program headers into the ordering required by the ELF standard. */
6057 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6058 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6059 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6060 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6061 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6062 catch all real world use cases.
6064 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6065 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6066 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6067 changed or the programs updated. */
6069 && tdata
->phdr
[0].p_type
== PT_PHDR
6070 && ! bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
)
6071 && tdata
->phdr
[1].p_type
== PT_LOAD
6072 && (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
> tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
6073 || (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[1].p_memsz
)
6074 < (tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[0].p_memsz
)))
6076 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6077 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6078 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6079 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6080 %B: error: PHDR segment not covered by LOAD segment"),
6085 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6086 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6094 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
6096 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6097 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6098 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6100 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6102 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6103 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6106 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6108 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6109 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6110 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6111 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6113 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6114 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6115 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6116 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6118 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6119 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6120 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6121 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6122 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6123 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6125 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6127 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6129 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6130 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6133 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6134 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6135 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6136 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6137 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6138 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6139 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6140 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6142 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6145 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6146 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6148 /* No program header, for now. */
6149 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6150 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6151 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6153 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6154 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6155 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6157 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6158 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6159 /* It all happens later. */
6163 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6164 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6167 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6168 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6169 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6170 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6171 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6172 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6173 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6174 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6175 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6181 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6182 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6185 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6188 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6189 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6190 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6191 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6193 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6195 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6196 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6197 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6200 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6202 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6203 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6204 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6206 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6210 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6211 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6213 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6214 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6218 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6219 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6221 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6222 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6224 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6225 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6229 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6230 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6233 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6235 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6237 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6239 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6244 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6249 /* Update section size and contents. */
6250 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6251 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6252 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6254 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6261 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6263 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6264 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6265 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6266 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6268 /* Place the section headers. */
6269 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6271 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6272 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6273 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6274 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6280 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6282 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6283 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6285 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6286 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6288 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6289 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6292 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6295 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6299 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6302 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6303 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6304 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6306 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6307 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6308 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6309 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6310 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
6311 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6313 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6315 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6316 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6321 /* Write out the section header names. */
6322 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6323 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6324 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6325 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6328 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6329 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6331 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6334 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6335 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6336 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6342 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6344 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6345 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6348 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6351 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6353 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6354 unsigned int sec_index
;
6356 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6357 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6358 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6360 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6361 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6362 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6363 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6364 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6365 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6367 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6369 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6370 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6372 int retval
= sec_index
;
6374 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6378 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6379 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6384 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6388 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6390 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6392 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6394 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6395 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6396 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6397 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6398 input sections rather than the output section. */
6399 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6400 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6401 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6406 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6407 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6408 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6409 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6410 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6411 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6412 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6415 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6419 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6420 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6422 /* xgettext:c-format */
6423 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6424 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6432 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6433 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
6441 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6444 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6446 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6447 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6448 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6449 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6450 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6453 unsigned int num_segments
;
6454 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6455 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6456 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6457 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6458 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6459 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6461 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6462 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6465 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6467 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6468 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6470 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6471 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6472 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6473 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6475 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6476 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6477 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6478 ? section->size : 0)
6480 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6481 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6482 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6483 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6484 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6485 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6487 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6488 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6489 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6490 (section->lma >= base \
6491 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6492 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6494 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6495 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6496 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6497 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6498 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6499 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6500 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6502 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6504 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6506 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6510 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6511 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6512 p_memsz set to 0. */
6513 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6515 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6516 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6517 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6518 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6520 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6521 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6522 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6524 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6525 A section will be included if:
6526 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6527 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6528 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6530 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6531 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6532 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6533 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6534 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6535 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6536 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6537 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6538 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6539 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6540 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6541 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6542 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6543 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6544 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6545 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6546 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6547 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6548 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6549 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6550 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6551 || (segment->p_paddr \
6552 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6553 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6554 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6556 && !section->segment_mark)
6558 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6559 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6560 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6561 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6562 && section->output_section != NULL)
6564 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6565 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6566 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6568 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6569 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6570 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6571 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6572 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6574 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6575 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6576 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6577 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6578 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6580 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6581 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6582 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6584 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6585 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6586 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6587 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6588 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6589 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6592 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6594 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6598 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6599 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6600 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6601 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6602 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6607 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6609 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6610 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6611 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6613 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6614 assignment code will work. */
6615 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6619 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6621 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6622 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6623 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6627 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6628 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6630 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6632 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6633 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6636 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6637 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6639 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6641 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6642 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6644 if (extra_length
> 0)
6646 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6647 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6650 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6652 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6654 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6659 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6661 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6662 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6664 if (extra_length
> 0)
6666 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6667 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6670 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6675 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6676 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6680 unsigned int section_count
;
6681 asection
**sections
;
6682 asection
*output_section
;
6684 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6685 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6688 asection
*first_section
;
6689 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6690 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6692 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6695 first_section
= NULL
;
6696 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6697 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6699 section
= section
->next
)
6701 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6702 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6703 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6705 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6706 first_section
= section
;
6707 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6712 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6713 all of the sections we have selected. */
6714 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6715 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6716 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6720 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6721 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6723 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6724 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6725 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6727 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6728 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6730 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6732 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6733 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6736 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6737 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6738 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6739 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6740 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6742 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6744 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6745 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6746 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6747 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6748 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6750 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6751 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6754 if (section_count
== 0)
6756 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6757 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6758 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6759 a warning is produced.
6760 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6761 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6762 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6763 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6764 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
6765 /* xgettext:c-format */
6766 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6767 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected at vaddr=0x%.8x, is this intentional ?"),
6768 ibfd
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
6771 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6772 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6777 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6778 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6779 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6780 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6782 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6783 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6786 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6787 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6788 of the first section.
6790 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6791 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6792 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6793 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6794 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6796 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6797 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6798 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6799 or segments to contain the other sections.
6801 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6802 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6803 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6805 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6806 if (sections
== NULL
)
6809 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6810 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6811 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6812 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6813 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6818 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6819 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6821 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6823 section
= section
->next
)
6825 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6827 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6829 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6831 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6832 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6833 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6834 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6836 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6837 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6839 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6840 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6841 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6844 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6846 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6848 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6850 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6851 LMA address of the output section. */
6852 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6853 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6854 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6855 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6857 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6859 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6860 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6863 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6864 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6866 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6868 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6870 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6871 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6874 if (j
== section_count
)
6879 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6881 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6883 if (isec
== section_count
)
6885 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6886 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6887 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6888 program header in the input BFD. */
6889 map
->count
= section_count
;
6890 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6891 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6894 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6895 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6896 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6897 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6898 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6899 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6901 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6908 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6910 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6911 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6912 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6913 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6917 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6918 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6919 the LMA of the first section. */
6920 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6923 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6924 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6925 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6927 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6928 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6931 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6932 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6936 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6938 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6940 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6942 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6943 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6944 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6945 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6946 offset when we know the correct value. */
6947 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6948 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6951 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6955 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6956 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6957 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6958 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6959 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6960 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6967 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6969 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6970 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6972 section
= sections
[j
];
6974 if (section
== NULL
)
6977 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6979 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6981 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6982 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6984 if (map
->count
== 0)
6986 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6987 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6989 if (output_section
->lma
6991 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6992 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6993 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7001 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7003 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7004 and the start of this section is more than
7005 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7006 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7008 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7009 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7010 > output_section
->lma
))
7012 if (first_suggested_lma
)
7014 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
7015 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
7022 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7025 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7027 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
7029 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
7030 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
7034 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
7036 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7037 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7038 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7040 if (isec
< section_count
)
7042 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7043 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7044 and carry on looping. */
7045 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7046 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7047 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7054 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7055 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7056 not yet been assigned. */
7058 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7059 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7060 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7061 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
7062 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7063 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7064 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7067 while (isec
< section_count
);
7072 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7074 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7075 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7076 the offset if necessary. */
7077 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7081 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7084 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7085 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7086 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7091 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7092 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7094 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7095 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7096 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7097 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7098 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7099 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7103 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7106 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7108 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7109 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7110 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7111 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7112 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7114 unsigned int num_segments
;
7115 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7116 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7118 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7121 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7123 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7124 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7125 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7126 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7127 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7130 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7132 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7136 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7141 unsigned int section_count
;
7143 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7144 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7145 asection
*lowest_section
;
7147 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7148 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7150 section
= section
->next
)
7152 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7153 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7155 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7156 first_section
= section
;
7161 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7162 all of the sections we have selected. */
7163 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7164 if (section_count
!= 0)
7165 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7166 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7170 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7173 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7174 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7175 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7176 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7177 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7178 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7179 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7180 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7182 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7183 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7185 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7186 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7187 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7188 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7189 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7191 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7192 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7195 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7196 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7197 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7198 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7200 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7201 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7203 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7204 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7205 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7206 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7207 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7209 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7210 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7213 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7214 if (section_count
!= 0)
7216 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7218 for (section
= first_section
;
7220 section
= section
->next
)
7222 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7223 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7225 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7226 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7230 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7231 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7232 lowest_section
= section
;
7234 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7235 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7236 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7237 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7239 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7240 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7242 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7243 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7244 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7246 if (isec
== section_count
)
7252 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7253 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7254 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7256 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7257 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7258 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7259 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7260 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
7261 - segment
->p_paddr
);
7263 map
->count
= section_count
;
7264 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7265 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7268 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7272 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7276 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7278 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7279 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7282 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7285 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7287 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7288 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7289 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7290 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7291 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7292 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7293 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7295 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7297 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7298 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7301 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7302 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7303 section
= section
->next
)
7304 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7306 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7307 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7311 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7312 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7313 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7314 map in this case. */
7315 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7316 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7317 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7320 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7321 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7323 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7324 from the input BFD. */
7325 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7327 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7329 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7330 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7331 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7333 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7334 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7336 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7337 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7338 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7339 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7340 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7341 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7347 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7349 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7350 section
= section
->next
)
7352 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
7355 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7358 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7362 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7364 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7365 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7366 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7368 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7369 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7371 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7374 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7375 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7377 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7378 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7379 /* xgettext:c-format */
7380 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7381 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7382 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
7384 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7387 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7388 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7391 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7394 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7397 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7401 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7405 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7406 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7408 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7409 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7412 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7414 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7415 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7416 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7417 that the linker clears to differ. */
7418 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7419 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7421 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7422 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7423 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7425 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7426 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7427 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7429 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7430 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7431 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7432 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7434 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7435 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7436 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7437 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7440 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7441 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7443 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7444 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7445 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7446 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7449 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7450 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7451 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7455 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7457 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7458 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7459 may be NULL at this point. */
7460 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7462 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7463 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7464 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7467 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7472 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7473 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7476 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7481 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7483 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7484 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7487 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7488 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7490 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7492 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7493 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7494 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7495 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7496 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7498 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7502 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7503 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7504 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7505 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7506 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7510 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7514 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7515 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7517 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7518 asection
*s
= first
;
7519 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7523 /* If this member section is being output but the
7524 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7525 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7526 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7527 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7529 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7530 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7532 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7533 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7534 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7535 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7537 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7543 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7545 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7546 adjust the input section size. This function may
7547 be called multiple times, so save the original
7549 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7550 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7551 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7555 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7557 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7565 /* Copy private header information. */
7568 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7570 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7571 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7574 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7575 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7576 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7577 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7578 already been worked out. */
7579 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7581 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7585 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7588 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7589 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7590 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7591 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7592 swap_out_syms function. */
7594 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7595 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7596 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7597 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7598 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7601 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7606 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7608 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7609 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7612 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7613 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7616 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7618 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7622 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7623 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7624 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7625 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7626 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7627 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7629 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7630 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7631 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7632 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7633 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7639 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7642 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7643 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7646 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7649 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7650 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7651 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7652 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7653 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7654 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7655 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7656 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7657 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7659 unsigned int num_locals
;
7661 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7663 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7666 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7667 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7671 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7672 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7673 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7674 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7675 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7676 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7677 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7678 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7680 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7681 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7683 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7684 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7685 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7686 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7688 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7692 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7693 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7694 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7697 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7701 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7702 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7704 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7705 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7707 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7709 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7710 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7712 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7713 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7714 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7715 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7718 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7719 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7720 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7721 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7722 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7724 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7727 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7729 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7730 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7736 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7737 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7738 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7739 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7740 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7741 outbound_syms_index
++;
7742 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7743 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7747 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7748 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7750 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7751 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7753 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7754 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7755 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7756 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7759 if (!name_local_sections
7760 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7762 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7763 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7767 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7768 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7770 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7772 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7776 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7778 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7779 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7781 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7782 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7783 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7784 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7785 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7786 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7787 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7789 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7790 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7791 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7795 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7798 if (sec
->output_section
)
7800 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7801 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7804 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7805 if (! relocatable_p
)
7807 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7808 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7810 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7812 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7814 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7815 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7816 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7817 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7821 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7824 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7827 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7830 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7833 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7834 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7843 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7845 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7849 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7850 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7851 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7852 demand of applications. For example, it
7853 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7854 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7855 actually in the output file. */
7856 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7858 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7859 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7861 /* xgettext:c-format */
7862 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7863 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7864 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7866 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7872 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7875 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7877 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7878 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7879 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7881 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7883 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7885 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7890 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7893 /* Processor-specific types. */
7894 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7895 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7896 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7897 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7899 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7901 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7902 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7904 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7906 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7908 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
7910 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
7911 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
7912 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7914 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
7915 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7917 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7919 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7920 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7924 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7925 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7928 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7930 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7932 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7933 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7934 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7936 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7939 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7942 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7944 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7945 sym
.st_target_internal
7946 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7951 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7955 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
7956 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7957 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7959 outbound_syms_index
++;
7960 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7961 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7964 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7965 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
7967 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7968 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
7970 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
7971 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7972 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
7974 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
7975 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
7976 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
7978 + (elfsym
->dest_index
7979 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
7981 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
7982 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
7987 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
7988 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7989 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
7990 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7991 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7992 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7993 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7994 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7999 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8001 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8002 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8003 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8006 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8010 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8012 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8013 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8015 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8021 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8025 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8027 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8029 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8033 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8034 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8036 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8042 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8045 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8048 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8051 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8058 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8060 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8063 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8064 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8065 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8069 return section
->reloc_count
;
8073 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8075 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8076 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8079 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8084 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8085 asymbol
**allocation
)
8087 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8088 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8091 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8095 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8096 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8097 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8098 dynamic reloc section. */
8101 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8106 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8108 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8112 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
8113 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8114 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8115 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8116 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8117 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
8118 * sizeof (arelent
*));
8123 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8124 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8125 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8126 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8127 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8128 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8129 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8132 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8136 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8140 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8142 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8146 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8148 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8150 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8151 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8152 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8157 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8159 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8161 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8172 /* Read in the version information. */
8175 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8177 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8178 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8180 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8182 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8183 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8184 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8186 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8188 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8190 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8192 error_return_bad_verref
:
8194 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8195 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8196 error_return_verref
:
8197 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8198 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8202 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8203 if (contents
== NULL
)
8204 goto error_return_verref
;
8206 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8207 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8208 goto error_return_verref
;
8210 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8211 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8213 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8214 goto error_return_verref
;
8216 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8217 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8218 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8219 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8220 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8221 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8223 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8224 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8227 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8229 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8231 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8232 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8234 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8235 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8237 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8238 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8241 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8242 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8243 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8244 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8245 goto error_return_verref
;
8248 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8249 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8250 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8252 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8253 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8254 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8255 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8257 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8259 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8260 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8261 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8262 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8263 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8265 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8266 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8268 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8269 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8271 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8274 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8275 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8277 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8278 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8279 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8281 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8282 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8285 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8286 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8288 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8289 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8291 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8292 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8293 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8295 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8296 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8298 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8304 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8306 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8307 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8308 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8309 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8310 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8312 unsigned int maxidx
;
8313 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8315 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8317 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8319 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8321 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8322 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8323 error_return_verdef
:
8324 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8325 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8329 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8330 if (contents
== NULL
)
8331 goto error_return_verdef
;
8332 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8333 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8334 goto error_return_verdef
;
8336 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8337 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8338 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8339 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8340 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8341 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8343 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8344 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8346 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8348 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8350 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8352 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8353 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8354 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8355 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8357 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8360 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8361 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8362 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8364 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8365 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8368 if (default_imported_symver
)
8370 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8376 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8377 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8378 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8379 goto error_return_verdef
;
8381 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8383 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8384 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8385 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8387 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8388 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8391 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8393 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8394 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8396 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8397 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8399 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8401 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8402 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8405 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8406 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8407 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8408 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8409 goto error_return_verdef
;
8413 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8414 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8416 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8417 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8418 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8419 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8421 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8423 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8424 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8425 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8426 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8427 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8429 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8430 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8432 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8435 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8436 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8438 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8439 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8440 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8442 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8443 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8446 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8447 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8448 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8450 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8451 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8453 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8454 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8456 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8457 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8463 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8471 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8472 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8475 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8478 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8479 if (default_imported_symver
)
8481 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8482 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8484 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8486 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8487 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8488 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8489 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8491 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8493 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8494 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8495 goto error_return_verdef
;
8496 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8497 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8498 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8499 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8500 goto error_return_verdef
;
8502 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8503 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8509 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8515 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8517 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8519 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8522 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8523 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8527 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8531 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8534 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8535 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8539 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8542 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8543 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8546 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8547 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8548 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8551 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8552 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8553 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8554 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8555 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8556 we treat such symbols as local. */
8557 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8560 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8561 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8562 These labels have the form:
8564 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8566 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8568 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8569 so we only need to match the rest. */
8570 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8572 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8576 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8578 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8580 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8581 /* A fake symbol. */
8584 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8585 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8586 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8587 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8588 other than some kind of local ? */
8605 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8606 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8613 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8614 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8615 unsigned long machine
)
8617 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8618 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8619 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8620 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8621 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8624 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8627 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8628 for error reporting. */
8631 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8635 const char **filename_ptr
,
8636 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8637 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8638 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8642 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8643 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8644 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8645 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8646 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8647 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8648 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8651 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8652 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8653 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8658 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8659 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8660 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8661 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8663 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8666 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8669 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8670 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8677 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8680 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8681 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8683 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8684 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8685 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8686 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8689 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8690 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8691 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8692 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8693 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8696 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8697 const char **filename_ptr
,
8698 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8699 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8702 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8703 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8704 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8709 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8711 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8712 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8714 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8716 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8718 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8720 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8723 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8724 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8727 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8730 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8738 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8740 const void *location
,
8742 bfd_size_type count
)
8744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8747 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8748 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8754 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8755 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8757 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8758 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8759 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8760 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8761 || contents
== NULL
)
8763 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8766 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8767 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8768 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8775 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8776 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8777 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8782 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8785 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8787 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8789 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8791 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8792 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8794 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8795 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8797 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8799 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8802 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8805 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8808 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8811 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8814 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8817 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8823 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8825 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8827 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8828 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8830 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8835 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8841 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8844 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8847 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8850 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8853 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8859 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8863 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8872 /* xgettext:c-format */
8873 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8874 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8875 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8880 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8882 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8883 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8885 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8886 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8887 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8890 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8893 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8894 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8895 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8898 bfd_reloc_status_type
8899 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8900 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8901 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8902 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8903 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8905 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8908 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8909 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8910 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8911 out details about the corefile. */
8913 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8914 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8915 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8916 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8919 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8920 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8923 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8927 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8929 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8934 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8935 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8936 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8940 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8944 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8947 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8951 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8952 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8953 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8957 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8958 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8959 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8960 such a section already exists.
8961 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8962 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8963 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8965 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8971 char *threaded_name
;
8975 /* Build the section name. */
8977 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8978 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8979 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8980 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8982 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8984 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8989 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8990 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8992 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8995 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8997 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9001 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9004 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9009 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9013 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9014 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9015 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9017 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9018 has already been set by another thread. */
9019 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9020 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9021 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9022 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9024 /* pr_who exists on:
9027 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9030 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9031 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9033 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9036 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9037 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9039 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9040 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9042 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9043 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9044 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9046 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9047 has already been set by another thread. */
9048 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9049 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9050 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9051 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9053 /* pr_who exists on:
9056 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9059 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9060 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9062 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9065 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9068 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9069 note size (ie. data object type). */
9073 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9074 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9075 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9077 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9079 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9081 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9083 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9085 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9086 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9089 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9090 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9091 data structure apart. */
9094 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9096 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9099 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9100 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9104 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9106 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9109 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9110 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9111 contents literally. */
9114 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9116 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9120 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9122 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9126 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9128 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9132 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9134 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9138 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9140 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9144 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9146 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9150 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9152 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9156 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9158 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9162 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9164 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9168 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9170 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9174 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9176 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9180 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9182 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9186 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9188 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9192 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9194 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9198 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9200 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9204 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9206 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9210 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9212 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9216 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9218 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9221 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9222 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9223 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9224 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9228 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9229 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9230 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9231 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9235 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9236 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9237 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9240 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9243 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9251 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9255 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9261 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9263 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9265 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9267 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9269 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9271 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9275 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9276 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9278 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9279 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9280 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9282 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9283 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9285 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9286 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9288 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9290 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9291 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9293 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9294 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9295 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9297 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9298 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9299 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9305 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9306 note size (ie. data object type). */
9310 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9311 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9312 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9315 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9316 int n
= strlen (command
);
9318 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9319 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9324 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9326 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9328 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9330 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9331 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9332 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9338 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9340 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9342 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9343 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9345 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9348 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9350 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9353 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9354 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9355 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9359 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9361 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9363 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9365 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9371 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9372 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9373 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9378 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9380 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9381 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9383 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9384 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9386 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9388 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9389 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9390 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9393 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9395 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9399 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9400 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9401 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9402 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9405 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9406 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9407 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9410 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9412 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9415 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9417 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9418 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9419 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9422 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9424 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9428 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9429 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9430 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9431 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9434 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9435 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9436 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9439 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9441 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9443 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9446 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9453 int is_active_thread
;
9456 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9459 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9462 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9466 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9467 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9468 /* process_info.pid */
9469 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9470 /* process_info.signal */
9471 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9474 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9475 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9476 /* thread_info.tid */
9477 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9479 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9480 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9484 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9486 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9490 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9492 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9493 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9494 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9496 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9497 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9499 if (is_active_thread
)
9500 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9504 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9505 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9506 /* module_info.base_address */
9507 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9508 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9510 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9511 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9515 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9517 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9522 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9523 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9524 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9535 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9537 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9545 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9546 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9548 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9549 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9554 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9556 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9559 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9561 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9564 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9565 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9567 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9568 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9570 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9571 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9572 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9573 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9577 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9578 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9579 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9580 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9585 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9586 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9587 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9592 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9593 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9594 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9598 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9599 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9600 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9601 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9606 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9607 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9608 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9612 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9613 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9614 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9615 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9619 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9620 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9621 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9622 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9627 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9628 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9629 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9633 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9634 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9635 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9636 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9640 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9641 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9642 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9643 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9647 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9648 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9649 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9650 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9655 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9656 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9657 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9661 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9662 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9663 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9664 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9668 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9669 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9670 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9671 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9676 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9677 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9678 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9683 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9684 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9685 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9689 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9690 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9691 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9692 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9696 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9697 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9698 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9699 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9705 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9706 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9708 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9709 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9716 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9721 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9722 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9723 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9729 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9733 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9740 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9742 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
9744 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9747 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9748 if (build_id
== NULL
)
9751 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9752 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9753 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
9759 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9766 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
9767 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
9769 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9770 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9775 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9777 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9778 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9781 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9782 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9783 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9785 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9791 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9796 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9804 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9808 switch (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
)
9811 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
9816 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
9824 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9825 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9829 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9830 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
9834 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9838 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9840 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
9843 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9844 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9845 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
9848 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9851 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9852 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
9855 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9856 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9862 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9867 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9868 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9872 /* Skip over pr_statussz. */
9873 switch (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
)
9880 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_statussz. */
9888 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
9889 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
9890 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9892 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9894 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
9895 offset
+= (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
/ 8) * 2;
9897 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
9900 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
9901 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9902 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9903 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9906 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
9907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
9908 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9911 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
9912 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
9915 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9916 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9917 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9921 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9926 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9929 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9932 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9934 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
9935 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
9936 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
9940 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
9942 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9947 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 4;
9948 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 4;
9949 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9955 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
9956 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9966 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
9970 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
9973 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
9980 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9982 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9983 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9984 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9986 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9987 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9988 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
9990 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9991 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9992 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
9994 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9999 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10003 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10004 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10006 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
10008 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10009 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10010 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10011 creates a core file. */
10013 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10016 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10017 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10018 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10021 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10025 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10027 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10028 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10030 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10031 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10032 switch (note
->type
)
10034 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10035 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10037 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10038 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10044 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10045 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10048 switch (note
->type
)
10050 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10051 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10053 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10054 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10064 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10066 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10067 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10068 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10070 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10071 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10072 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10074 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10076 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10082 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10084 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10085 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10087 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10088 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10090 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10091 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10093 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10094 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10096 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10098 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10103 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10104 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10105 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10110 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10112 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10117 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10118 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10119 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10128 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10130 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10137 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10138 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10140 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10141 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10143 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10144 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10146 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10147 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10149 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10150 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10153 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10154 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10155 thread just in case. */
10156 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10157 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10159 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10160 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10162 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10165 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10167 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10171 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10172 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10173 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10175 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10179 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10180 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10188 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10189 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10191 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10194 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10196 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10200 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10201 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10202 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10204 /* This is the current thread. */
10205 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10206 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10211 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10212 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10213 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10214 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10217 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10219 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10220 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10222 static long tid
= 1;
10224 switch (note
->type
)
10226 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10227 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10228 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10229 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10230 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10231 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10232 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10233 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10240 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10246 /* Use note name as section name. */
10247 len
= note
->namesz
;
10248 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10251 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10252 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10254 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10258 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10259 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10260 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10265 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10268 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10272 size of data for note
10274 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10275 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10276 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10277 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10280 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10283 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10291 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10298 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10300 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10302 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10305 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10306 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10307 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10308 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10309 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10310 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10314 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
10322 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
10333 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
10337 const char *psargs
)
10339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10341 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10344 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10345 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
10350 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10351 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10352 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10354 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10356 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10359 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10362 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10363 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10364 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10365 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10366 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10371 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10373 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10376 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10379 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10380 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10381 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10382 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10383 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10385 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10392 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10393 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10394 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10396 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
10398 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10399 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10400 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10404 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10405 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10406 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10408 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
10410 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10411 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10412 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10416 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10423 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10425 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10428 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10430 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10435 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10436 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10437 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10439 prstatus32_t prstat
;
10441 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10442 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10443 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10444 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10445 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10446 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10453 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10454 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10455 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10456 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10457 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10458 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10460 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10466 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10468 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10475 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10476 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10478 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10479 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10480 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10481 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10482 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10483 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10484 #if !defined(gregs)
10485 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10486 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10488 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10489 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10492 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10493 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10495 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10497 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10499 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10503 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10504 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10506 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10507 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10508 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10510 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10514 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10515 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10516 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10517 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10525 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10526 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10527 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10528 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10532 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10535 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10538 const void *fpregs
,
10541 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10542 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10543 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10547 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10550 const void *xfpregs
,
10553 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10554 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10555 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10559 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10560 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10563 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10564 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10566 note_name
= "LINUX";
10567 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10568 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
10572 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
10575 const void *ppc_vmx
,
10578 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10579 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10580 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
10584 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
10587 const void *ppc_vsx
,
10590 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10591 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10592 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
10596 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
10599 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
10602 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10603 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10604 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
10605 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
10609 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
10612 const void *s390_timer
,
10615 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10616 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10617 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
10621 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
10624 const void *s390_todcmp
,
10627 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10628 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10629 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
10633 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10636 const void *s390_todpreg
,
10639 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10640 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10641 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
10645 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
10648 const void *s390_ctrs
,
10651 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10652 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10653 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
10657 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
10660 const void *s390_prefix
,
10663 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10664 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10665 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
10669 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10672 const void *s390_last_break
,
10675 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10676 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10677 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
10678 s390_last_break
, size
);
10682 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
10685 const void *s390_system_call
,
10688 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10689 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10690 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
10691 s390_system_call
, size
);
10695 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
10698 const void *s390_tdb
,
10701 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10702 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10703 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
10707 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
10710 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
10713 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10714 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10715 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
10719 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
10722 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
10725 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10726 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10727 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
10728 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
10732 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
10735 const void *arm_vfp
,
10738 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10739 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10740 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
10744 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
10747 const void *aarch_tls
,
10750 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10751 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10752 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
10756 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10759 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
10762 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10763 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10764 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
10768 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
10771 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
10774 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10775 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10776 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
10780 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10783 const char *section
,
10787 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
10788 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10789 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10790 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10791 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10792 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10793 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10794 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10795 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10796 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10797 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10798 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10799 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10800 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10801 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10802 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10803 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10804 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10805 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10806 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10807 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10808 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10809 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10810 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10811 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10812 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10813 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10814 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10815 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10816 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10817 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10818 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10819 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10820 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10821 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10822 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10823 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10824 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10825 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10826 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10831 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
10836 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
10838 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10839 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
10840 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
10842 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
10845 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
10847 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
10848 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
10849 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
10852 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
10853 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
10854 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
10856 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
10857 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
10860 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
10867 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10870 const char * string
;
10872 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
10876 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
10877 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
10878 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
10879 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
10880 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
10881 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
10883 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10886 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
10888 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
10889 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
10890 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
10892 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
10901 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
10903 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
10906 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
10907 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
10909 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
10915 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
10922 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
10929 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
10932 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
10936 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10937 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10940 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
10941 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
10951 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10953 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10954 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10955 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10958 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
10960 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10962 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10966 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
10969 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10970 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10971 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10972 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10974 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10975 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10978 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
10982 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10984 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10988 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
10989 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
10990 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
10995 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10996 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10997 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10998 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11000 return reloc_class_normal
;
11003 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11004 relocation against a local symbol. */
11007 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11008 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11010 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11012 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11013 bfd_vma relocation
;
11015 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
11016 + sec
->output_offset
11018 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11019 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
11020 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11023 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11024 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11025 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
11028 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11029 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11030 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11031 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11032 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11033 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
11034 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
11037 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
11038 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
11044 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11045 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11049 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11051 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11052 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
11054 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11055 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11056 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
11059 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11060 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11061 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11062 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11066 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
11067 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11071 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
11073 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11074 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11076 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11077 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
11080 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
11082 /* Reverse the offset. */
11083 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11084 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
11086 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11087 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11088 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
11094 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11095 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11096 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11097 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11098 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11099 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11101 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11102 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11103 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11104 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11105 the remote memory. */
11108 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11111 bfd_size_type size
,
11112 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
11113 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
11115 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
11116 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
11120 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
11121 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11122 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11127 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11130 const char *relplt_name
;
11131 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
11135 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11141 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
11144 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
11147 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
11150 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
11151 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
11152 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11153 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
11154 if (relplt
== NULL
)
11157 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
11158 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
11159 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
11162 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
11166 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
11167 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
11170 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
11171 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
11172 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11173 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11175 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
11176 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11179 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
11181 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11186 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
11190 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
11191 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11193 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11198 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
11199 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11202 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11203 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11204 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11205 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
11206 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
11207 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
11209 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
11212 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
11213 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
11215 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11219 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11220 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11221 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
11222 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
11225 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
11228 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11229 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
11236 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11237 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11238 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. t*/
11239 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11240 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, NULL
,
11241 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
11244 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
11245 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11247 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11249 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
11251 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
11253 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11254 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11255 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11256 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11257 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
11258 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
11262 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11263 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11264 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11267 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
11269 return (type
== STT_FUNC
11270 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
11273 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11274 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11275 otherwise return zero. */
11278 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
11281 bfd_size_type size
;
11283 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
11284 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
11285 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
11288 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
11290 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
11291 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;